<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Wl4015</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Wl4015"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Wl4015"/>
	<updated>2026-04-07T12:05:24Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723936</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723936"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:52:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, including the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants, the internuclear distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases rapidly and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases rapidly before tending towards a limit and plateauing, while the system also has 0 momentum at all times adue to the velocity being reset to 0 at each step.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || - 103.753 || - 133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || - 103.744 || - 103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (Pauling Electronegativities of: F = 3.98 and H = 2.20).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, (bond dissociation energies of: H-F = + 567 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and H-H = + 436 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is therefore energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. The gradient in internuclear distance against time also increases, hence increased velocity and translational energy. These observations indicate an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of kinetic energy between translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;P. Atkins and J. de Paula, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 10th edn., 2014, pp. 65, 71 and 986.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;D. Shriver et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York, 6th edn., 2014, pp. 59 and 458.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723930</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723930"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:51:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, including the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants, the internuclear distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases rapidly and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases rapidly before tending towards a limit and plateauing, while the system also has 0 momentum at all times adue to the velocity being reset to 0 at each step.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || - 103.753 || - 133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || - 103.744 || - 103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (Pauling Electronegativities of: F = 3.98 and H = 2.20).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, (bond dissociation energies of: H-F = + 567 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and H-H = + 436 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is therefore energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. The gradient in internuclear distance against time also increases, hence increased velocity and translational energy. These observations indicate an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of kinetic energy between translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;P. Atkins and J. de Paula, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 10th edn., 2014, pp. 65, 71 and 986.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;D. Shriver et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York, 6th edn., 2014, pp. 59 and 458.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723924</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723924"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:50:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, including the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants, the internuclear distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases rapidly and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases rapidly before tending towards a limit and plateauing, while the system also has 0 momentum at all times adue to the velocity being reset to 0 at each step.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || - 103.753 || - 133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || - 103.744 || - 103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (Pauling Electronegativities of: F = 3.98 and H = 2.20).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, (bond dissociation energies of: H-F = + 567 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and H-H = + 436 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is therefore energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. The gradient in internuclear distance against time also increases, hence increased velocity and translational energy. These observations indicate an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of kinetic energy between translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;P. Atkins and J. de Paula, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 10th edn., 2014, pp. 65 and 986.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;D. Shriver et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York, 6th edn., 2014, pp. 59 and 458.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723921</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723921"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:50:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* PES Inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, including the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants, the internuclear distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases rapidly and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases rapidly before tending towards a limit and plateauing, while the system also has 0 momentum at all times adue to the velocity being reset to 0 at each step.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || - 103.753 || - 133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || - 103.744 || - 103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (Pauling Electronegativities of: F = 3.98 and H = 2.20).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, (bond dissociation energies of: H-F = + 567 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and H-H = + 436 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is therefore energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. The gradient in internuclear distance against time also increases, hence increased velocity and translational energy. These observations indicate an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of kinetic energy between translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;P. Atkins and J. de Paula, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 10th edn., 2014, p. 986.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;D. Shriver et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York, 6th edn., 2014, pp. 59 and 458.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723910</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723910"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:48:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, including the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants, the internuclear distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases rapidly and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases rapidly before tending towards a limit and plateauing, while the system also has 0 momentum at all times adue to the velocity being reset to 0 at each step.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || - 103.753 || - 133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || - 103.744 || - 103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (Pauling Electronegativities of: F = 3.98 and H = 2.20).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, (bond dissociation energies of: H-F = + 567 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and H-H = + 436 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is therefore energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. The gradient in internuclear distance against time also increases, hence increased velocity and translational energy. These observations indicate an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of kinetic energy between translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;P. Atkins and J. de Paula, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Atkins&#039; Physical Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 10th edn., 2014, p. 986.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;D. Shriver et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York, 6th edn., 2014, pp. 59 and 458.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723883</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723883"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:43:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* PES Inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, including the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants, the internuclear distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases rapidly and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases rapidly before tending towards a limit and plateauing, while the system also has 0 momentum at all times adue to the velocity being reset to 0 at each step.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || - 103.753 || - 133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || - 103.744 || - 103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (Pauling Electronegativities of: F = 3.98 and H = 2.20).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Physical Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, (bond dissociation energies of: H-F = + 567 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and H-H = + 436 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is therefore energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. The gradient in internuclear distance against time also increases, hence increased velocity and translational energy. These observations indicate an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of kinetic energy between translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;D. Shriver et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, W. H. Freeman, New York, 6th edn., 2014, pp. 59 and 458.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723866</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723866"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:39:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, including the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants, the internuclear distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases rapidly and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases rapidly before tending towards a limit and plateauing, while the system also has 0 momentum at all times adue to the velocity being reset to 0 at each step.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || - 103.753 || - 133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || - 103.744 || - 103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (Pauling Electronegativity of F = 4.0). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, (bond dissociation energy of H-F = + 567 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and bond dissociation energy of H-H = + 436 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is therefore energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. The gradient in internuclear distance against time also increases, hence increased velocity and translational energy. These observations indicate an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of kinetic energy between translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;&amp;gt;D. Shriver et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, W. H. Freeman, New York, 6th edn., 2014, pp. 59 and 458.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723840</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723840"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:34:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* PES Inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, including the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants, the internuclear distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases rapidly and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases rapidly before tending towards a limit and plateauing, while the system also has 0 momentum at all times adue to the velocity being reset to 0 at each step.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || - 103.753 || - 133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || - 103.744 || - 103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (Pauling Electronegativity of F = 4.0). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, (bond dissociation energy of H-F = + 567 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and bond dissociation energy of H-H = + 436 kJ mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Inorganic Chemistry&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is therefore energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. The gradient in internuclear distance against time also increases, hence increased velocity and translational energy. These observations indicate an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of kinetic energy between translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723681</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723681"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:14:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* Potential Energy Surfaces */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, including the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants, the internuclear distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases rapidly and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases rapidly before tending towards a limit and plateauing, while the system also has 0 momentum at all times adue to the velocity being reset to 0 at each step.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. The gradient in internuclear distance against time also increases, hence increased velocity and translational energy. These observations indicate an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of kinetic energy between translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723672</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723672"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:13:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* Calculating the Reaction Path */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants, the internuclear distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increases rapidly and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; decreases rapidly before tending towards a limit and plateauing, while the system also has 0 momentum at all times adue to the velocity being reset to 0 at each step.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. The gradient in internuclear distance against time also increases, hence increased velocity and translational energy. These observations indicate an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of kinetic energy between translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723642</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723642"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:10:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* Calculating the Reaction Path */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants, the internuclear distance between H-H decrease&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. The gradient in internuclear distance against time also increases, hence increased velocity and translational energy. These observations indicate an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of kinetic energy between translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723629</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723629"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:09:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants, the internuclear distances decrease &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. The gradient in internuclear distance against time also increases, hence increased velocity and translational energy. These observations indicate an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of kinetic energy between translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723623</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723623"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:08:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* Calculating the Reaction Path */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants, the internuclear distances decrease &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. The gradient in internuclear distance against time also increases, hence increased velocity and translational energy. These observations indicate an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of energy into translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723603</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723603"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:06:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. The gradient in internuclear distance against time also increases, hence increased velocity and translational energy. These observations indicate an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of energy into translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png&amp;diff=723582</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015fSurface Plot1c.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png&amp;diff=723582"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:03:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png&amp;diff=723577</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015fSurface Plot1b.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png&amp;diff=723577"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:02:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png&amp;diff=723572</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015fSurface Plot2a.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png&amp;diff=723572"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:02:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723561</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723561"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T16:01:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 1400 || 2.39 || 0.74 || -1 || -0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1b.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distance vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1c.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of energy into translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723416</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723416"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:44:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions, possibly due to the redistribution of energy into translational and vibrational forms by molecules. However, the most probable cause for the anomalous trend observed for H + HF is approximations made for simplification in the program used for trajectory calculations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723396</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723396"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:41:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path does reach the products channel, although the transition state is bypassed. This anomaly is likely to be a limitation of the program used to calculate the trajectories as a result of approximations.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the increasing the vibration energy of the H-F bond for this endothermic reaction while keeping the translation energy fixed at a low value tends to result in the formation of stable products, the Polanyi rule has been demonstrated to hold true in this reverse case as well as for the forward exothermic reaction, F+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. It should be noted, however, that the Polanyi rule is a guide and may not necessarily apply to all reactions,with the redistribution of momentum by hence the anomalous trend observed for H + HF, although approximations for simplification present in the program is the most probable cause for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723292</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723292"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:29:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723276</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723276"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:26:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state, albeit chaotically with several interconversions between the reactants and products structures. However, stable products are formed as the reaction path terminates well into the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The reaction path does not reach the transition state and turns back towards the reactants, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || The reaction path reaches the transition state and &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723253</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723253"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:23:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The particles have insufficient energy to reach the transition state, with the reaction path turning back in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || Despite an increase in vibrational energy, observed by oscillations of wider amplitude, the transition state is still not attained and the reaction path ends up in the product channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || This is a reactive trajectory as the reaction path reaches the transition state and carries on in the products channel, indicating the formation of stable products.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723165</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723165"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:15:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around. 1000 steps were used for each calculation where possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png&amp;diff=723154</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015gSurface Plot6.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png&amp;diff=723154"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:14:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723139</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723139"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T15:13:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by running trajectories firstly p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; fixed, and then the other way around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || Yes || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || Yes || &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723024</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=723024"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:59:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No ||&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || No || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || No || &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015gSurface_Plot4.png&amp;diff=723009</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015gSurface Plot4.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015gSurface_Plot4.png&amp;diff=723009"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:58:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png&amp;diff=722995</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015gSurface Plot5.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png&amp;diff=722995"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:57:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png&amp;diff=722991</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015gSurface Plot3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png&amp;diff=722991"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:56:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png&amp;diff=722989</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015gSurface Plot2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png&amp;diff=722989"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:56:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png&amp;diff=722988</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015gSurface Plot1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png&amp;diff=722988"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:56:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722966</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722966"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:54:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants while still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 10 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784|| 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot4.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722933</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722933"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:49:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the exothermic reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The endothermic reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 3 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot2.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants while still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot3.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784|| 2.3 || 1 || -1 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot4.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -5 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot5.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.919784 || 2.3 || 1 || -10 || [[File:wl4015gSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722773</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722773"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:30:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the collision F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) allows the transition state to be overcome and forms stable products, hence a successful collision and a reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse reaction H + HF was investigated by &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722709</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722709"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:24:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the collision F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increased translational energy of the system (and reduced vibrational energy) results in the formation of stable products, hence a successful collsion, after overcoming the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722650</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722650"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:20:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the collision F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 1000 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path calculated using 2000 steps is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increase translational energy of the system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot8b.png&amp;diff=722636</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015fSurface Plot8b.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot8b.png&amp;diff=722636"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:19:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722617</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722617"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:17:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the collision F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 500 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state and enters the products channel but then turns back towards the reactants. The collision has therefore been unsuccessful and the reaction has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set), but also does not form stable products despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually forming stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increase in translational energy (increased momentum between the&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722573</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722573"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:13:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the collision F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 500 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, and forms stable reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state, turning back towards the reactants whil still in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path stops its approach in the reactants channel at a similar point to the previous case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state, but does not enter the products channel and so the collision has not been successful for the reaction to have occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set) and also does not form stable products, despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually finishing in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite an increase translational energy,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722553</id>
		<title>MRD:ATSWL4015</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:ATSWL4015&amp;diff=722553"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:11:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: /* The Polanyi Rules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exericse 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; System=&lt;br /&gt;
==Triatomic Systems==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a triatomic system where an atom, A, reacts with a diatomic molecule, BC, the distance between the atoms A and B, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, decreases as A approaches BC, with the internuclear distance between B and C, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, remaining effectively constant, barring vibrational oscillations.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Upon a successful collision, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be constant due to bond A-B being formed, and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will increase as bond B-C is broken and C moves away, as shown in Figure 1.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The system is collinear, with the bond angle between the two bonds A-B and B-C being fixed at 180°.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reactant and product molecules are at potential energy minima, with potential energy therefore being dependent on the interatomic distances between A and B, and, B and C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aDiagram1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 1 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Triatomic system, where atom A reacts with the diatomic molecule BC. (Diagram adapted from Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018.)&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A potential energy surface is a visual representation of the relationship between the relative positions of the reactants and products and the potential energy of the system.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The reaction path, or trajectory, represents the potential energy and internuclear distances as a function of the reaction coordinate and so depicts the changes in these quantities as the reaction proceeds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface in Figure 1 was calculated for the reaction system H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 ||2.30 || 0.74 || -2.7 || 0.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 2 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path passes through each potential energy minimum, inlcuding the transition state, the saddle point at which the potential energy is at its maximum (i.e. the highest energy minimum), as shown in Figure 2, and contains components of both internuclear distances.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015aSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 3 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Reaction path in the transition state region, showing the saddle point, where the potential energy reaches a maximum on the minimum energy path.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each local minimum for the reactant or product, the first derivative with respect to the appropriate axis, ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the products or ∂V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, for the reactants will equal 0 and its second derivative ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; or ∂V&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; However, at the saddle point representing the transition state, there is a maximum point along the direction of the reaction path (at a 45° angle to the axes), but a minimum point in the orthogonal axis, hence the second derivative for the maximum will be negative.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should also be noted that the reaction pathway is straightest in the region centered around the transition state as this is the point at which bonds are in the process of being broken and formed, hence a lesser degree of association and therefore minimal vibrational oscillations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best estimate for of the transition state position is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.9077 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;. The transition state is symmetric, reflecting the symmetrical potential energy surface, and so the two internuclear distances, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, must be equal to achieve the transitions state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; When each species is given a momentum of 0, the potential energy and the internuclear distances are all fixed, as indicated by straight horizontal lines across time in Figure 3, with no vibrational oscillations and fluctuations in potential energy observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 4 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path is therefore a single point on the potential energy surface which sits on the saddle point at the transition state, with no movement towards reactants or products shown in Figure 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015bSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 5 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculating the Reaction Path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determination of the transition state allows the minimum energy path, or MEP, to be determined.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path starting from a slight displacement from the transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) was calculated using the following parameters:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 50 000 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot, with the MEP, is shown in Figures 6 and 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 6 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 7 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the mep from the distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The calculation type was changed to dynamics and the same initial conditions applied to include changes in momentum and fluctuations in energy and obtain a more realistic model of the behaviour of the species during the reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 0.9087 || 0.9077 || 0 || 0 &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resultant potential surface plot is shown in Figures 8 and 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 8 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot4.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 9 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Alternative view of the reaction path from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP does not show vibrational oscillations, simply following the bottom of the channel and passing straight through each potential energy minimum with no consideration of how the momentum (namely the velocity) of the species changes during the course of the reaction. The calculated trajectory, however, does take into account momentum changes and oscillates about the minima. Moreover, many more steps (a factor of roughly 100 times more) are required in the MEP calculation for the reaction to go to completion and produce stable products than in the dynamics calculation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t), and the mean momenta after a longer period of time, t, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) and p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412) !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(2.46412)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 7.65947 || 0.75424 || 2.48490 || 1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs from which the positions and momenta were obtained respectively are given in Figure 10 and 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 10 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using a dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 11 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an dynamics calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These plots also help to describe the reaction, with distance r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (and A-C) seen to increase as A moves away from BC, after a period of time at which the positions are effectively constant, and B-C decreasing slightly before plateauing, with the presence of oscillations signalling that the bond B-C has formed and vibrations can now occur.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time graphs corresponding to the MEP calculation are shown in Figures 12 and 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot6a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 12 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot7a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 13 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the distorted transition state using an MEP calculation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the MEP moves towards the structure of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the initial conditions were r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01 instead, the reaction path would move in the opposite direction, exiting via the other channel formed by the potential energy minima where distance AB is constant and distance BC increases, as shown in Figure 14. In other words, while in the first case the transition state moves towards the reactants A + BC, the opposite would be true if the displacement was instead such that A started off closer to B than C was to B, favouring the formation of products AB + C. (Note that in this section, the terms &#039;reactants&#039; and &#039;products&#039; have been used with respect to the forward reaction as described by Figure 1.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 14 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface and reaction path from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the involved atoms are identical, in the case of the inversely distorted transition state, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 0.01, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) would take the exact value of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(t) in the previous calculation and vice versa, with the graph for A-B appearing as the original B-C and B-C appearing as A-B. The same effect would also be observed in the momenta plots, as shown in Figures 15 and 16:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot11.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 15 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot12.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 16 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot from the inversely distorted transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation was carried out where the initial positions were set to the final positions determined above and the same final momenta with reversed signs were given to the species as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 7.65947 || 0.75424 || -2.48490 || -1.25338&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential energy surface, internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momentum vs time plots produced are shown in Figures 17-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 17 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface with the reaction path moving from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot9.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 18 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Distances against Time plot from the products to the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015cSurface_Plot10.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 19 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum against Time plot at the estimated transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this scenario, the species start off as reactants and have just the right starting positions and momenta to reach the slightly displaced transition state. This process is the reverse of the original situation in which the slightly displaced transition state formed the reactants. However, a perfect symmetrical relationship between the cases is not actually observed, with the reaction path reaching the transition states but still having enough energy for further interactions to occur, resulting in a slight turn back towards the reactants. This can be attributed to errors in determining the final positions and mean momenta from the internuclear distances vs time and internuclear momenta vs time graphs repectively, as well as rounding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculations where r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.74 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 2.0 with various combination of momenta as shown below were run to determine the conditions, namely range of momenta, required for a successful reactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Total Energy / kcal !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Potential Energy Surface and Reaction Path !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5 || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot6.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive as the reaction path can get over the maximum at the transition state and moves into the product channel at which point the products are well defined. The straight trajectory centred around the MEP shows that molecule AB does not vibrate until C collides into it and provides it with sufficient momenta to result in the subsequently vibrational oscillations of molecule BC past the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.0 || -100.456 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot7.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive as the reaction path does not move past the transition state, turning back before the transition state once the potential energy exceeds the kinetic energy of the species as determined by the given momenta.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5 || -2.5 || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot8.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive in a similar way to the first case, although a higher initial momentum for AB results in larger vibrations in the diatomic molecule AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.0 || -84.956 || No || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot9.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is not reactive, despite the initial momenta being large enough for the reaction path to attain the transition state, A-B-C, and cross the activation energy barrier twice to eventually end up as reactants. Once past the transition state, C moves away from A and B as its initial momentum is not large enough to form stable products and the reaction path re-crosses the transition state back into the reactant channel, forming AB + C. Vibrational oscillations are much larger due to the larger initial momentum of AB.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5 || -5.2 || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot10.png|450px]] || [[File:wl4015dSurface_Plot1.png|450px]] || The trajectory is reactive, with the scenario analogous to that previously, except that the momenta and kinetic energies of the reactive species are now large enough such that three crossings of the activation energy barrier are possible and B can be transferred onto C to form stables products A + BC, with the reaction path travelling down the products channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory assumes that only the reactants, states of the system on one side of the activation barrier, are kept at equilibrium with the configuration at the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Once the transition state is attained, the reaction path will proceed to form stable products irreversibly and with certainty, with only a single crossing of the activation energy barrier in the forward direction possible.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The rate of the reaction, or the rate constant, is therefore directly proportional to the rate at which colliding molecules reach and pass through the transition state.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; As shown above, this is only an approximation since the barrier can be recrossed if the particles have sufficiently large momenta and thus kinetic energy and only when the reaction path is well past the transition state and the product species are well separated from each other can the reaction be deemed to have been successful.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state theory is also does not take into account observed quantum effects such as tunneling through the activation energy barrier, which avoids having to travel through the saddle point.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H System=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energetics of the reactions F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the reverse H + HF were investigated, with the following properties observed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Reaction !! Transition State Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Reactants Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Activation Energy / kcal mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt; !! Classification&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; || -103.753 || -133.945 || + 30.192 || Exothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H + HF  || -103.744 || -103.987 || + 0.243 || Endothermic&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is exothermic as the H-F bond is stronger than the H-H bond by virtue of the higher electronegativity of fluorine relative to hydrogen (find data). The fluorine atom in H-F pulls electrons closer to itself, leading to a highly polarised H-F bond and a strong ionic contribution to the bonding strength as well as increased orbital overlap. The H-F bond is therefore stronger than the purely covalent H-H bond, and so the formation of the H-F bond in the forward reaction F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is energetically favourable and overcompensates for the loss of the H-H bond, with an exothermic release of energy. The reverse reaction, H + HF, is endothermic and so requires the input of energy as the energy released by the formation of the H-H bond does not outweigh the energy used to break the H-F bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state between two interconverting structures will most closely resemble the structure it is closer in energy to.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; For an exothermic reaction, the transition state would be early and closely resemble the reactants, therefore having only a marginally higher energy than the reactants, i.e. a small activation energy.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 1.811 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The approximate position of the transition state for both F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF, was found to be &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 1.811 Å and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 0.745 Å&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The potential surface plot in Figure 20 and energy vs time plot in Figure 21 shows that the transition state has been attained, with no change in potential energy as expected at the saddle point and no movement towards either products or reactants. The potential surface plot also shows the minima in the reactants channel to be higher in energy than the products channel, indicating an exothermic reaction in the event of a reactive trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 20 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 21 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Energy vs Time for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; at the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The position of the transition state approaching from the reverse reaction H + HF is shown in Figure 22. The relative distances between the atoms at the transition state are the same, but in this direction, the transition state closely resembles the products, which are now higher in energy than the reactants, hence an endothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot3.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 22 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for the H + HF reaction and location of the transition state.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following MEP calculations were set up and run from a structure neighbouring the transition state to determine the activation energy of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.801 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MEP || 200 000 || 1.821 || 0.745 || 0 || 0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 23 shows the MEP from the distorted transition state favouring the products, while Figure 24 shows the change in potential energy against time from near the transition state to the products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot5.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 23 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot6.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 24 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the transition state is much closer to the reactants, the decrease in energy is very large and occurs very quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figures 25 and 26 show the MEP from the transition state favouring the reactants and the change in potential energy against time from the transition state to the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot7.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 25 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy surface for H + HF and MEP from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015eSurface_Plot8.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 26 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential energy vs Time for H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; from the distorted transition state to the products.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is much less of a potential energy gradient to a stable configuration this time, hence a smaller decrease in energy over a longer period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A calculation with the following conditions resulted in a reactive trajectory for the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, as shown by Figure 27:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! Calculation Type !! Steps !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dynamics || 500 || 5 || 1 || -6 || -1&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot2.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 27 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot for a reactive trajectory of the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction, showing the reaction path]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plot of internuclear momentum vs time in Figure 28 reveals that the H-H bond vibrates until the fluorine atom collides with and transfers its momentum to the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. Once past the transition state and stable products are formed, it is the H-F bond that vibrates, but with a larger amplitude of oscillation than H-H. This indicates an increase in kinetic energy of the system which, in accordance with the law of conservation energy, must have been converted from potential energy. This is demonstrated by Figure 29, which shows a decrease in potential energy but a gain in kinetic energy of the system from the products to the reactants at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 28 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Internuclear Momentum vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot1a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 29 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Potential Energy and Kinetic Energy vs Time plot for the successful F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reaction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such energy changes can be observed and quantified by calorimetry as increased average motion of particles equates to an increase in temperature, with the loss of potential energy corresponding to enthalpy loss of the system as expected for an exothermic reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Polanyi Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for the collision F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; using 500 steps and different values of momentum for HH, with all other conditions fixed such that only the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule was varied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; / Å !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Contour Plot and Reaction Path !! Reactive Trajectory? !! Comments&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large vibrational energy and crosses the transition state but does not form stable products as the path doubles back after entering the products channel, terminating in the reactants channel close to the intersection with the products channel, hence an unreactive trajectory.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || -1 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a smaller vibrational energy than in the previous case but does not reach the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 0 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has no momentum given to it and so has vibrational oscillations of a very small amplitude. The transition state is not attained and the reaction path end up at a similar point to that in the previous case. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3|| 0.74 || -0.5 || 2 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule has a large enough vibration energy to cross the transition state, but does not enter the products channel and so the collision has not been successful for the reaction to have occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.3 || 0.74 || -0.5 || 3 || [[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png|450px]] || No || The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule vibrates with the same energy and amplitude as in the first case (the largest of the set) and also does not form stable products, despite passing the transition state and crossing into the products channel twice, eventually finishing in the reactants channel.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the same initial position maintained, the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;FH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was increased to -0.8 and the momentum p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; reduced to 0.1. The resulting contour plot and reaction path is shown in Figure 28.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png|thumb|450px|none|&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Figure 30 - &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;Contour plot and reaction path for a new set of conditions for F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Trajectories were calculated for &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite an increase translational energy,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Polanyi rules state for reactants given momentum along the direction of the reaction path, translational energy, as opposed to vibrational energy, is preferred to overcome the early transition state in an exothemic reaction.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; The opposite is true for endothermic reaction with late transition states, with sufficient vibrational energy over translational energy resulting in the successful formation of stable products.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CP3MD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Imperial College London, https://wiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/index.php?title=CP3MD, (accessed May 2018).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;CKAD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco and W. L. Hase, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1989, pp. 220-221.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MRD&amp;quot;&amp;gt;R. D. Levine, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Molecular Reaction Dynamics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2005, pp. 202-203.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MDACK&amp;quot;&amp;gt;G. D. Billing and K. V. Mikkelsen, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Introduction to Molecular Dynamics and Chemical Kinetics&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, New York, 1996, p. 31.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;OC&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Clayden, N. Greeves and S. Warren, &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;Organic Chemistry&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 2nd edn., 2012, pp. 989.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Daniel et al., &amp;lt;I&amp;gt;J. Phys. Chem.&amp;lt;/I&amp;gt;, 1993, &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;97&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;, 12485-12490.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/references&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png&amp;diff=722545</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015fSurface Plot8a.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot8a.png&amp;diff=722545"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:10:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png&amp;diff=722542</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015fSurface Plot7a.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot7a.png&amp;diff=722542"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:10:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png&amp;diff=722536</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015fSurface Plot6a.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot6a.png&amp;diff=722536"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:09:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png&amp;diff=722530</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015fSurface Plot5a.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot5a.png&amp;diff=722530"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:09:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png&amp;diff=722524</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015fSurface Plot4a.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot4a.png&amp;diff=722524"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:09:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png&amp;diff=722512</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015fSurface Plot3a.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot3a.png&amp;diff=722512"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:08:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot3.png&amp;diff=722502</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015fSurface Plot3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot3.png&amp;diff=722502"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:07:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: Wl4015 uploaded a new version of File:Wl4015fSurface Plot3.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot3.png&amp;diff=722484</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015fSurface Plot3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot3.png&amp;diff=722484"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:05:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: Wl4015 uploaded a new version of File:Wl4015fSurface Plot3.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot8.png&amp;diff=722450</id>
		<title>File:Wl4015fSurface Plot8.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Wl4015fSurface_Plot8.png&amp;diff=722450"/>
		<updated>2018-05-18T14:02:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wl4015: Wl4015 uploaded a new version of File:Wl4015fSurface Plot8.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wl4015</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>